blob: d9464ad8c009925a8f6b1212973840ba3e263229 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek1309f9a2010-01-25 04:41:41 +000017#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
61
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
205
206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
426
427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
429
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregora7cb22d2010-03-03 23:26:56 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
771
John McCall144238e2009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000772/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
773static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000774 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000775 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
776
777 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
778
779 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
780 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
781
782 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
783 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
784 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
785 }
786
787 return false;
788}
789
790enum IMAKind {
791 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
792 IMA_Static,
793
794 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
795 IMA_Mixed,
796
797 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
798 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
799 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
800
801 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
802 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
803 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
804
805 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
806 IMA_Instance,
807
808 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
809 IMA_Unresolved,
810
811 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
812 /// context is not an instance method.
813 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
814
815 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
816 /// non-class context.
817 IMA_AnonymousMember,
818
819 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
820 /// context is not an instance method.
821 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
822
823 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
824 /// class.
825 IMA_Error_Unrelated
826};
827
828/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
829/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
830/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
831/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
832/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
833/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
834static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
835 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000836 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000837
838 bool isStaticContext =
839 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
840 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
841
842 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
843 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
844
845 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
846 bool hasNonInstance = false;
847 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
848 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
849 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
850 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
851 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
852
853 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
854 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
855 // that's a special case.
856 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
857 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
858 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
859 }
860 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
861 }
862 else
863 hasNonInstance = true;
864 }
865
866 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
867 // member reference.
868 if (Classes.empty())
869 return IMA_Static;
870
871 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
872 // an implicit member reference.
873 if (isStaticContext)
874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
875
876 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
877 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
878 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
879 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
880 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
881 Classes))
882 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
883
884 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
885}
886
887/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
888static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
889 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
890 const LookupResult &R) {
891 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
892 SourceRange Range(Loc);
893 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
894
895 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
896 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
897 if (MD->isStatic()) {
898 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
899 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
900 << Range << R.getLookupName();
901 return;
902 }
903 }
904
905 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
906 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
907 return;
908 }
909
910 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000911}
912
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000913/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
914///
915/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 LookupResult &R) {
918 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
919
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000920 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000921 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
923 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000924 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000925 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000926 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
927 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000928
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000929 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
930 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
931 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
932 // dependent name.
933 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
934 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
936 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
937
938 if (!R.empty()) {
939 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
940 R.suppressDiagnostics();
941
942 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
943 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
944 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
945 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
946
947 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
948 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
949 // Actually quite difficult!
950 if (isInstance)
951 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
953 "this->");
954 else
955 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
956
957 // Do we really want to note all of these?
958 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
959 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
960
961 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
962 return false;
963 }
964 }
965 }
966
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000967 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000968 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
969 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 if (SS.isEmpty())
971 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000973 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000974 else
975 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
977 << SS.getRange()
978 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000979 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000980 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
981 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
982 << ND->getDeclName();
983
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000984 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
985 return false;
986 }
987
988 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
989 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
990 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
991 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
992 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
993 // to recover well anyway.
994 if (SS.isEmpty())
995 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
996 else
997 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
998 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
999 << SS.getRange();
1000
1001 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
1002 return true;
1003 }
1004
1005 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001006 }
1007
1008 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1009 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1010 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1011 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1012 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1013 << SS.getRange();
1014 return true;
1015 }
1016
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001017 // Give up, we can't recover.
1018 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1019 return true;
1020}
1021
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1023 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1024 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1025 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1026 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1027 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1028 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1029
1030 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001031 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001032
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001033 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034
1035 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1036 DeclarationName Name;
1037 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1038 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001039 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1040 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001041
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001042 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1045 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001046 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1047 // (note: handled after lookup)
1048 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1049 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1050 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001051 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1052 // names a dependent type.
1053 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1054 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1056 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1057 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001058 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001059 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 TemplateArgs);
1061 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001062
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001063 // Perform the required lookup.
1064 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1065 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001067 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001068 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001069 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1070 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1073 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001074 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1075 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (E.isInvalid())
1077 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001078
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1080 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001081 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001082 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001083
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001084 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1085 return ExprError();
1086
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001087 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1088 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001090
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001092 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001093 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1094 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1095 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1096 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1097 }
1098
1099 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1100 // call, diagnose the problem.
1101 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001102 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001103 return ExprError();
1104
1105 assert(!R.empty() &&
1106 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001107
1108 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1109 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1110 // reference the ivar.
1111 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1112 R.clear();
1113 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1114 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1115 return move(E);
1116 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 }
1118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001120 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1121 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1122
1123 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001124 // Warn about constructs like:
1125 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1126 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001128 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1129 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001130 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001132 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001134 << Var->getDeclName()
1135 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1136 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 break;
1138 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001140 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1141 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001142 }
1143 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001144 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001145 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1146 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1147 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1148 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1149 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1150 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001152 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001153
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 QualType T = Func->getType();
1155 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001156 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001157 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001158 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001159 }
1160 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001161
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001162 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1163 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1164 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1165 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1166 // class member access expression.
1167 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1168 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001169 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001170 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001171 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1172 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001173 }
1174
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001175 if (TemplateArgs)
1176 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001177
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001178 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1179}
1180
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001181/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1182Sema::OwningExprResult
1183Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1184 LookupResult &R,
1185 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1186 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1187 case IMA_Instance:
1188 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1189
1190 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1191 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1192 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1193 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1194
1195 case IMA_Mixed:
1196 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1197 case IMA_Unresolved:
1198 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1199
1200 case IMA_Static:
1201 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1202 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1203 if (TemplateArgs)
1204 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1205 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1206
1207 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1208 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1209 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1210 return ExprError();
1211 }
1212
1213 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1214 return ExprError();
1215}
1216
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001217/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1218/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1219/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1220/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001221Sema::OwningExprResult
1222Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1223 DeclarationName Name,
1224 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1225 DeclContext *DC;
1226 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1227 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1228 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1229 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1230
1231 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1232 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1233
1234 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1235 return ExprError();
1236
1237 if (R.empty()) {
1238 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1239 return ExprError();
1240 }
1241
1242 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1243}
1244
1245/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1246/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1247/// additional lookup.
1248///
1249/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1250/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1251///
1252/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1253Sema::OwningExprResult
1254Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001255 IdentifierInfo *II,
1256 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001257 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1258
1259 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1260 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1261 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1262 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1263 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1264
1265 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1266 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1267 // ivar, that's an error.
1268 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1269
1270 bool LookForIvars;
1271 if (Lookup.empty())
1272 LookForIvars = true;
1273 else if (IsClassMethod)
1274 LookForIvars = false;
1275 else
1276 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1277 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001279 if (LookForIvars) {
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001280 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1282 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1283 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1284 if (IsClassMethod)
1285 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1286 << IV->getDeclName());
1287
1288 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1289 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1290 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1291 return ExprError();
1292
1293 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1294 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1295 return ExprError();
1296
1297 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1298 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1299 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1300 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1301
1302 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1303 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1304 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1305 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1306 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1307 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1308 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1309 SelfName, false, false);
1310 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1311 return Owned(new (Context)
1312 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1313 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1314 }
1315 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1316 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1317 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1319 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1320 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1321 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1327 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1328 QualType T;
1329
1330 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1332 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1333 else
1334 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1336 }
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001337 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1338 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1339 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1340 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1341 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1342 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1343 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1344 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1345 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1346 }
1347 }
1348 }
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001349 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 && LookForIvars && Lookup.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77e2dde2010-02-09 21:49:50 +00001350 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = SynthesizeNewPropertyIvar(IFace, II);
1351 if (Ivar)
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001352 return LookupInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001353 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001354 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1355 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001356}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001357
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001358/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001359bool
Douglas Gregora7cb22d2010-03-03 23:26:56 +00001360Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1361 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1362 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1363 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1364 QualType DestType =
1365 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
1366 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1367 return false;
1368 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1369 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
1370 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1371 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1372 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
1373 }
1374 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1375 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1376 DestRecordType,
1377 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1378 From->getSourceRange()))
1379 return true;
1380 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1381 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001382 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001383 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001384}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001385
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001386/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001387static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001388 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001389 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1390 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1391 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1392 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001393 if (SS.isSet()) {
1394 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1395 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001396 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001397
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001398 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1399 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001400}
1401
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001402/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1403/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1404/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1405/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001406Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001407Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1408 LookupResult &R,
1409 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1410 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001411 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1412
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001413 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001414
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001415 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1416 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001417 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001418 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001419 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001420 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001421 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001422
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001423 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1424 // 'this' expression now.
1425 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1426 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1427 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001428 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1429 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1430 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1431 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001432 }
1433
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001434 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1435 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1436 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001437 SS,
1438 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1439 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001440}
1441
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001442bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001443 const LookupResult &R,
1444 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001445 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1446 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1447 return false;
1448
1449 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001450 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001451 return false;
1452
1453 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001454 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001455 return false;
1456
1457 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1458 // normal lookup:
1459 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1460 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1461
1462 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1463 // -- a declaration of a class member
1464 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1465 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001466 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001467 return false;
1468
1469 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1470 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1471 // using-declaration
1472 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1473 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1474 // turn off ADL anyway).
1475 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1476 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1477 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1478 return false;
1479
1480 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1481 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1482 // template
1483 // And also for builtin functions.
1484 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1485 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1486
1487 // But also builtin functions.
1488 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1489 return false;
1490 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1491 return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 return true;
1495}
1496
1497
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001498/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1499/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1500/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1501/// will in fact be used.
1502static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1503 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1504 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1505 return true;
1506 }
1507
1508 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1509 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1510 return true;
1511 }
1512
1513 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1514 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1515 return true;
1516 }
1517
1518 return false;
1519}
1520
1521Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001522Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001523 LookupResult &R,
1524 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001525 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1526 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001527 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001528 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001529
1530 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1531 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1532 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001533 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1534 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001535 return ExprError();
1536
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001537 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1538 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1539 // we've picked a target.
1540 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1541
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001542 bool Dependent
1543 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001544 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001545 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001546 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1547 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001548 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1549 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001550 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001551
1552 return Owned(ULE);
1553}
1554
1555
1556/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1557Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001558Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001559 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1560 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001561 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1562 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001563
1564 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1565 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001566
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001567 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1568 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1569 // a template argument list.
1570 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1571 << Template << SS.getRange();
1572 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1573 return ExprError();
1574 }
1575
1576 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1577 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1578 if (!VD) {
1579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1580 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001581 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001582 return ExprError();
1583 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001584
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001585 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1586 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1587 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1588 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001589 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001590 return ExprError();
1591
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001592 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1593 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001594 return ExprError();
1595
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001596 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1597 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1598 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1599 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001600 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001601 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1602 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1603 //
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001604 if (getCurBlock() &&
1605 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001606 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1607 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1608 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1609 return ExprError();
1610 }
1611
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001612 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
1613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1614 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1615 return ExprError();
1616 }
1617
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001618 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001619 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001620 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001621 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001622 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001623 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1624 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001625 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001626
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001627 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001628 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001629 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001630 }
1631 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1632 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001633
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001634 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001635}
1636
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001637Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1638 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001639 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001640
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001641 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001642 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001643 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1644 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1645 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001646 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001647
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001648 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1649 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001651 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1652 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001653 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001654 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001655 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001656
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001657 QualType ResTy;
1658 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1659 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1660 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001661 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001662
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001663 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001664 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001665 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1666 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001667 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668}
1669
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001670Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001671 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001672 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001673
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001674 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1675 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001676 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001677 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001678
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001679 QualType Ty;
1680 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1681 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1682 else if (Literal.isWide())
1683 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001684 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1685 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001686 else
1687 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001688
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001689 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1690 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001691 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001692}
1693
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001694Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1695 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001696 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1697 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001698 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001699 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001700 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001701 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001702 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001703
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001704 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001705 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1706 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001707 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001708
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001709 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1710 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001711
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001712 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001713 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1714 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001715 return ExprError();
1716
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001717 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001718
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001719 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001720 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001721 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001722 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001723 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001724 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001725 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001726 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001727
1728 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1729
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001730 using llvm::APFloat;
1731 APFloat Val(Format);
1732
1733 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001734
1735 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1736 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1737 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1738 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001739 unsigned diagnostic;
1740 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1741 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001742 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001743 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1744 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001745 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001746 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1747 }
1748
1749 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1750 << Ty
1751 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1752 }
1753
1754 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001755 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001756
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001757 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001758 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001759 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001760 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001761
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001762 // long long is a C99 feature.
1763 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001764 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001765 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1766
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001767 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001768 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001769
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001770 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1771 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1772 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001773 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1774 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001775 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001776 } else {
1777 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1778 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001779
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001780 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1781 // be an unsigned int.
1782 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1783
1784 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001785 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001786 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1787 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001788 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001789
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001790 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1791 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1792 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1793 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001794 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001795 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001796 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001797 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001798 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001799 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001800
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001801 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001802 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001803 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001804
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001805 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1806 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1807 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1808 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001809 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001810 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001811 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001812 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001813 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001814 }
1815
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001816 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001817 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001818 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001819
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001820 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1821 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1822 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1823 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001824 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001825 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001826 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001827 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001828 }
1829 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001830
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001831 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1832 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001833 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001834 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001835 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001836 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001837 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001838
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001839 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1840 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001841 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001842 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001843 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001844
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001845 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1846 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001847 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001848 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001849
1850 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001851}
1852
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001853Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1854 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001855 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001856 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001857 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001858}
1859
1860/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1861/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001862bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001863 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1864 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1865 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001866 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1867 return false;
1868
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001869 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1870 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1871 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1872 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1873 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1874 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1875
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001876 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001877 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001878 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001879 if (isSizeof)
1880 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1881 return false;
1882 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001883
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001884 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001885 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001886 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1887 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001888 return false;
1889 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001891 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001892 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1893 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001894 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001895
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001896 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001897 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001898 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001899 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1900 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001901 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001902
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001903 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001904}
1905
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001906bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1907 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1908 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001909
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001910 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001911 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1912 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001913
1914 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1915 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1916 return false;
1917
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001918 if (E->getBitField()) {
1919 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1920 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001921 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001922
1923 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1924 // bit-field.
1925 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001926 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001927 return false;
1928
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001929 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1930}
1931
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001932/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001934Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001935 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001936 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001937 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001938 return ExprError();
1939
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001940 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001941
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001942 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1943 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1944 return ExprError();
1945
1946 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001947 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001948 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1949 R.getEnd()));
1950}
1951
1952/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1953/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954Action::OwningExprResult
1955Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001956 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1957 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1958 bool isInvalid = false;
1959 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1960 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1961 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1962 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001963 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001964 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1965 isInvalid = true;
1966 } else {
1967 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1968 }
1969
1970 if (isInvalid)
1971 return ExprError();
1972
1973 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1974 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1975 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1976 R.getEnd()));
1977}
1978
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001979/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1980/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1981/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001982Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001983Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1984 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001985 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001986 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001987
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001988 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001989 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1990 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1991 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001992 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001993
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001994 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1995 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1996 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1997
1998 if (Result.isInvalid())
1999 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2000
2001 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002002}
2003
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002004QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002005 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2006 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002007
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002008 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002009 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002010 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002011
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002012 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2013 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2014 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002016 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002017 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2018 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002019 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002020}
2021
2022
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002023
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002024Action::OwningExprResult
2025Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2026 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002027 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2028 switch (Kind) {
2029 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2030 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2031 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2032 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002033
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002034 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002035}
2036
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002037Action::OwningExprResult
2038Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2039 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002040 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2041 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2042
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002043 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2044 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002045
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002047 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2048 Base.release();
2049 Idx.release();
2050 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2051 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2052 }
2053
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002054 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002055 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002056 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2057 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2058 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002059 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002060 }
2061
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002062 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2063}
2064
2065
2066Action::OwningExprResult
2067Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2068 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2069 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2070 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2071
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002072 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002073 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2074 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2075 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002076
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002077 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002078
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002079 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002080 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002081 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002082 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002083 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2084 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002085 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2086 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2087 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2088 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002089 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002090 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2091 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002092 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002093 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002094 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002095 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2096 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002097 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002099 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002100 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2101 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2102 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002104 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002105 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2106 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2107 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2108 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002109 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002110 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002111 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002112
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002113 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2114 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002115 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2116 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002117 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002118 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2119 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2120 // force the promotion here.
2121 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2122 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002123 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2124 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002125 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2126
2127 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2128 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002130 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2131 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2132 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2133 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002134 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2135 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002136 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2137
2138 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2139 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002140 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002141 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002142 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2143 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002144 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002145 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002146 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2147 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002148 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2149 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002150
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002151 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002152 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2153 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002154 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2155
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002156 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2158 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002159 // incomplete types are not object types.
2160 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2161 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2162 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2163 return ExprError();
2164 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002166 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002167 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002168 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2169 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002170 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002172 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2173 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2174 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2175 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2176 return ExprError();
2177 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002178
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002179 Base.release();
2180 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002181 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002182 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002183}
2184
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002185QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002186CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002188 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002189 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2190 // see FIXME there.
2191 //
2192 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2193 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002194 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002195
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002196 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002197 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002198
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002199 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002200 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2201 // to be selected.
2202 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002203
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002204 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2205 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002206 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002207
2208 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2209 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002210 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002211 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2212 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002213 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002214 do
2215 compStr++;
2216 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002217 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002218 do
2219 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002220 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002221 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002222
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002223 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002224 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2225 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002226 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2227 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002228 return QualType();
2229 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002230
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002231 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2232 // operates on.
2233 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002234 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002235
2236 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002237 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002238
2239 while (*compStr) {
2240 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2241 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2242 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2243 return QualType();
2244 }
2245 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002246 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002247
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002248 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002249 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002250 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002251 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002252 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002253 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002254 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002255 if (HexSwizzle)
2256 CompSize--;
2257
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002258 if (CompSize == 1)
2259 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002260
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002261 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002262 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002263 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2264 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2265 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2266 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002267 }
2268 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002269}
2270
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002271static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002272 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002273 const Selector &Sel,
2274 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002276 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002277 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002278 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002279 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002280
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002281 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2282 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002284 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002285 return D;
2286 }
2287 return 0;
2288}
2289
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002290static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002291 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002292 const Selector &Sel,
2293 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002294 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2295 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002296 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002297 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002298 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002299 GDecl = PD;
2300 break;
2301 }
2302 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002303 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002304 GDecl = OMD;
2305 break;
2306 }
2307 }
2308 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002309 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002310 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2311 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002312 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002313 if (GDecl)
2314 return GDecl;
2315 }
2316 }
2317 return GDecl;
2318}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002319
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002320Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002321Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2322 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002323 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2324 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2325 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2326 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2327 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2328
2329 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2330 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2331 //
2332 // T* t;
2333 // t.f;
2334 //
2335 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2336 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2337 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2338 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002339 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002340 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2341 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002342 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002343 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002344 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002345 return ExprError();
2346 }
2347 }
2348
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002349 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002350
2351 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2352 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002353 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002354 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2355 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2356 SS.getRange(),
2357 FirstQualifierInScope,
2358 Name, NameLoc,
2359 TemplateArgs));
2360}
2361
2362/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2363/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2364/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2365static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2366 Expr *BaseExpr,
2367 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002368 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002369 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002370 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2371 // diagnostics.
2372 if (!BaseExpr)
2373 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002374
2375 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2376 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002377 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002378 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002379 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002380}
2381
2382// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2383// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2384// type. The restriction here is:
2385//
2386// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2387// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2388// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2389//
2390// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2391// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2392// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2393// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2394bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2395 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002396 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002397 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002398 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2399 if (!BaseRT) {
2400 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2401 // dependent.
2402 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2403 return false;
2404 }
2405 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002406
2407 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002408 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2409 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2410 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2411 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002412
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002413 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2414 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2415 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2416 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2417
2418 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2419 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2420
2421 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2422 return false;
2423 }
2424
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002425 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002426 return true;
2427}
2428
2429static bool
2430LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2431 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2432 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2433 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2434 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2435 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2436 << BaseRange))
2437 return true;
2438
2439 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2440 if (SS.isSet()) {
2441 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2442 // nested-name-specifier.
2443 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2444
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002445 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2446 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2447 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2448 return true;
2449 }
2450
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002451 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2452
2453 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2454 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2455 << DC << SS.getRange();
2456 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002457 }
2458 }
2459
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002460 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2461 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002462
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002463 if (!R.empty())
2464 return false;
2465
2466 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2467 // for typos.
2468 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2469 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
2470 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2471 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2472 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2473 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2474 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002475 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2476 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2477 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002478 return false;
2479 } else {
2480 R.clear();
2481 }
2482
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002483 return false;
2484}
2485
2486Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002487Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002488 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2489 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2490 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2491 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2492 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2493 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2494
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002495 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2496 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002497 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002498 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2499 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2500 Name, NameLoc,
2501 TemplateArgs);
2502
2503 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002504
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002505 // Implicit member accesses.
2506 if (!Base) {
2507 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2508 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2509 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2510 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2511 OpLoc, SS))
2512 return ExprError();
2513
2514 // Explicit member accesses.
2515 } else {
2516 OwningExprResult Result =
2517 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002518 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002519
2520 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2521 Owned(Base);
2522 return ExprError();
2523 }
2524
2525 if (Result.get())
2526 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002527 }
2528
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002529 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002530 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2531 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002532}
2533
2534Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002535Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2536 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2537 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002538 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002539 LookupResult &R,
2540 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2541 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002542 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002543 if (IsArrow) {
2544 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2545 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2546 }
2547
2548 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2549 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2550 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2551 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2552
2553 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002554 return ExprError();
2555
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002556 if (R.empty()) {
2557 // Rederive where we looked up.
2558 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2559 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2560 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002561
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002562 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002563 << MemberName << DC
2564 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002565 return ExprError();
2566 }
2567
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002568 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2569 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2570 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2571 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2572 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2573 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2574 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2575 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2576 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2577 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2578 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002579 return ExprError();
2580
2581 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2582 // result.
2583 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002584 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002585 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002586 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002587 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002588
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002589 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2590 // pick a member.
2591 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2592
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002593 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2594 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2595 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002596 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2597 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002598 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2599 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2600 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002601 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002602
2603 return Owned(MemExpr);
2604 }
2605
2606 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2607 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2608
2609 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2610
2611 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2612 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2613 // error cases.
2614 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2615 return ExprError();
2616
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002617 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2618 if (!BaseExpr) {
2619 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2620 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2621 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2622
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002623 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2624 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2625 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2626 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002627 }
2628
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002629 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2630 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2631 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2632 // explicitly qualified.
2633 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2634 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2635 }
2636
2637 // Check the use of this member.
2638 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2639 Owned(BaseExpr);
2640 return ExprError();
2641 }
2642
2643 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2644 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2645 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002646 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2647 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002648 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2649 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2650
2651 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2652 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2653 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2654 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2655 else {
2656 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2657 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2658 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2659
2660 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2661 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2662
2663 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2664 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2665 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2666 }
2667
2668 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Douglas Gregora7cb22d2010-03-03 23:26:56 +00002669 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670 return ExprError();
2671 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2672 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2673 }
2674
2675 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2676 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2677 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2678 Var, MemberLoc,
2679 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2680 }
2681
2682 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2683 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2684 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2685 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2686 MemberFn->getType()));
2687 }
2688
2689 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2690 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2691 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2692 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2693 }
2694
2695 Owned(BaseExpr);
2696
2697 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2698 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2699 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2700
2701 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2702 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2703 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2704 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2705 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2706 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2707}
2708
2709/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2710/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2711/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2712/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2713/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2714/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2715/// an ordinary member expression.
2716///
2717/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2718/// fixed for ObjC++.
2719Sema::OwningExprResult
2720Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002721 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002722 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002723 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002724 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002726 // Perform default conversions.
2727 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002728
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002729 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002730 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2731
2732 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2733 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002734
2735 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002736 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002737 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2738 // call, and continue on.
2739 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2740 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2741 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2742 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2743 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002744 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2745 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002746 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2747 ->isRecordType()))) {
2748 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2749 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2750 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2751 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2752
2753 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002754 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002755 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2756 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002757 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002758
2759 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2760 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2761 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2762 }
2763 }
2764 }
2765
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002766 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2767 // use that.
2768 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002769 if (IsArrow) {
2770 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2771 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2772 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2773 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2774 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002775 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2776 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002777 }
2778 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002779 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2780 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2781 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2782 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002783 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002784 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002785 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002786
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002787 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2788 // use that.
2789 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2790 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2791 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2792 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2793 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2794 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2795 }
2796 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002797
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002798 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002799
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002800 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002801 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002802 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2803 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2804 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2805 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2806 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2807 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2808 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2809 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2810 // Check the use of this method.
2811 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2812 return ExprError();
2813 }
2814 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2815 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2816 Selector SetterSel =
2817 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2818 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2819 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2820 if (!Setter) {
2821 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2822 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002823 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002824 }
2825 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2826 if (!Setter)
2827 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2828
2829 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2830 return ExprError();
2831
2832 if (Getter || Setter) {
2833 QualType PType;
2834
2835 if (Getter)
2836 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2837 else
2838 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2839 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2840 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2841 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2842 PType,
2843 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2844 }
2845 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2846 << MemberName << BaseType);
2847 }
2848 }
2849
2850 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2851 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2852 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002853 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002854 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002855
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002856 if (IsArrow) {
2857 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002858 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002859 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2860 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002861 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2862 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2863 // struct MyRecord foo;
2864 // foo->bar
2865 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2866 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2867 // by now.
2868 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2869 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2870 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2871 IsArrow = false;
2872 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002873 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2874 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2875 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002876 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002877 } else {
2878 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2879 // type *foo;
2880 // foo.bar
2881 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2882 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2883 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2884 // the appropriate pointer type
2885 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2886 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2887 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2888 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2889 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2890 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2891 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2892 IsArrow = true;
2893 }
2894 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002895 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002896
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002897 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2898 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002899 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002900 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2901 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002902 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002903 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002904 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002905
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002906 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2907 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002908 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2909 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002910 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002911 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002912 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002913 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002914 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2915
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2917 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002918 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002919
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002920 if (!IV) {
2921 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
2922 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
2923 LookupMemberName);
2924 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
2925 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
2926 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
2927 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
2928 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
2929 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2930 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002931 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2932 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002933 }
2934 }
2935
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002936 if (IV) {
2937 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2938 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2939 // error cases.
2940 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2941 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002942
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002943 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2944 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2945 return ExprError();
2946 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2947 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2948 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2949 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2950 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2951 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2952 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2953 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2954 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2955 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2956 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2957 // AST for a function decl.
2958 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002960 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2961 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2962 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2963 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2964 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2965 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002966
2967 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2968 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002969 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002970 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002971 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002972 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2973 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002975 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002976 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002977
2978 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2979 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002980 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002981 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002982 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002983 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002984 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002985 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002986 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002987 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002988 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2989 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002990 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002991 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002992
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002993 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002994 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002995 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2996 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2997 // Check the use of this declaration
2998 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2999 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003000
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003001 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3002 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3003 }
3004 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3005 // Check the use of this method.
3006 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3007 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003009 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010 OMD->getResultType(),
3011 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003012 NULL, 0));
3013 }
3014 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003015
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003016 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003017 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003018 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003019 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3020 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003021 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003022 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003023 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
3024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003025 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003026
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003027 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003028 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003029 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3030 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3031 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003032 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003033 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003034 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00003035 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
3036 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003037 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003038 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3039 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003040 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003041 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3042 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003043 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003044 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3045 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3046 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003047
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003048 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003049 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3050 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003051 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
3052 // selector is implemented.
3053
3054 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
3055 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
3056
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003057 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003058 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003059
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003060 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3061 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003062 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003063
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003064 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003065 if (!Getter)
3066 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003067 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003068 // Check if we can reference this property.
3069 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3070 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003071 }
3072 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3073 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074 Selector SetterSel =
3075 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003076 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003077 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003078 if (!Setter) {
3079 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3080 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003081 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003082 }
3083 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003084 if (!Setter)
3085 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003086
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003087 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3088 return ExprError();
3089
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003090 if (Getter) {
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003091 QualType PType;
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003092 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003093 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003094 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3095 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003096
3097 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3098 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3099 LookupOrdinaryName);
3100 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
3101 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3102 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3103 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3104 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3105 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003106 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>();
3107 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
3108 << Property->getDeclName();
3109
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003110 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003111 ObjCImpDecl);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003112 }
Fariborz Jahanian354095c2010-02-19 18:30:30 +00003113 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
3114 << MemberName << BaseType;
3115 if (Setter && !Getter)
3116 Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable)
3117 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3118 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003119 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003120
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003121 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003122 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003123 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003124 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003125 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003126 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003127
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003128 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003129 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003130 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003131 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3132 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003133 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003134 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003135 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003136 }
Fariborz Jahanian354095c2010-02-19 18:30:30 +00003137
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003138 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3139 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3140
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003141 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003142}
3143
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003144/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3145/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3146/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3147/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3148/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3149///
3150/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3151/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3152/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3153/// only be called
3154/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3155/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3156/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3157Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3158 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3159 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3160 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3161 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3162 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3163 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3164 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3165 return ExprError();
3166
3167 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3168
3169 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3170 DeclarationName Name;
3171 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3172 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3173 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3174 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3175
3176 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3177
3178 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3179 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3180 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3181
3182 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3183 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3184
3185 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3186 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003187 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003188 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003189 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3190 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3191 Name, NameLoc,
3192 TemplateArgs);
3193 } else {
3194 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3195 if (TemplateArgs) {
3196 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3197 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3198 } else {
3199 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003200 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003201
3202 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3203 Owned(Base);
3204 return ExprError();
3205 }
3206
3207 if (Result.get()) {
3208 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3209 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3210 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3211 // call now.
3212 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3213 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003214 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003215
3216 return move(Result);
3217 }
3218 }
3219
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003220 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003221 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3222 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003223 }
3224
3225 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003226}
3227
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003228Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3229 FunctionDecl *FD,
3230 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3231 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3232 Diag (CallLoc,
3233 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3234 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003235 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003236 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3237 } else {
3238 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3239 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3240
3241 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003242 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3243 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003244
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003245 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3246 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003247 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003248
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003249 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003250 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003251 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003252
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003253 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3254 InitializedEntity Entity
3255 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3256 InitializationKind Kind
3257 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3258 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3259 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3260
3261 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3262 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3263 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3264 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003265 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003266
3267 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003268 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003269 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003270 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003272 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3273 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3274 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003275 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3276 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003277 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3278 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003279 }
3280
3281 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003282 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003283}
3284
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003285/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3286/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3287/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3288/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3289/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3290/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003291bool
3292Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003293 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003294 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003295 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3296 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003298 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3299 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003300 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003301
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003302 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3303 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3304 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3305 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3306 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3307 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003308 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003309 }
3310
3311 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3312 // them.
3313 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3314 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3315 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3316 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3317 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3318 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3319 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3320 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003321 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003322 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003323 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003324 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003325 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003326 VariadicCallType CallType =
3327 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3328 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3329 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3330 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3331 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003332 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003333 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003334 if (Invalid)
3335 return true;
3336 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3337 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3338 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3339
3340 return false;
3341}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003342
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003343bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3344 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3345 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3346 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3347 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3348 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003349 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003350 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3351 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3352 bool Invalid = false;
3353 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3354 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3355 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3356 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003357 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003358 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003359 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003360
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003361 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003362 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3363 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3364
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003365 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3366 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003367 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003368 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003369 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003370
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003371 // Pass the argument
3372 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3373 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3374 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003375
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003376
3377 InitializedEntity Entity =
3378 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3379 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3380 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3381 SourceLocation(),
3382 Owned(Arg));
3383 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3384 return true;
3385
3386 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003387 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003388 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003389
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003390 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003391 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003392 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3393 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003394
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003395 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003396 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003397 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003398 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003399
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003400 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003401 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003402 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003403 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003404 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003405 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003406 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003407 }
3408 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003409 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003410}
3411
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003412/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003413/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3414/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003415Action::OwningExprResult
3416Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3417 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003418 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003419 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003420
3421 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3422 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003423
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003424 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003425 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003426 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003427
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003428 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003429 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3430 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3431 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3432 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3433 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3434 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3435 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3436 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003437
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003438 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3439 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003440
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003441 NumArgs = 0;
3442 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003443
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003444 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3445 RParenLoc));
3446 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003447
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003448 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003449 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003450 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3451 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003452 bool Dependent = false;
3453 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3454 Dependent = true;
3455 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3456 Dependent = true;
3457
3458 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003459 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003460 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3461
3462 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3463 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3464 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3465 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3466
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003467 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3468
3469 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3470 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3471 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3472 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3473 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3474 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3475 // method template.
3476 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3477 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003478 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003479
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003480 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3481 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003482 }
3483
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003484 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003485 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003486 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003487 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003488 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3489 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003490 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003491
3492 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003493 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003494 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3495 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003496 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3497 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3498 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003499
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003500 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3501 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3502 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3503 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003504
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003505 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3506 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3507 TheCall.get(), 0))
3508 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003509
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003510 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3511 RParenLoc))
3512 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003513
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003514 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3515 }
3516 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3517 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3518 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003519 }
3520 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003521 }
3522
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003523 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003524 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003525 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003526
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003527 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003528 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3529 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3530 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3531 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003532 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003533
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003534 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3535 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3536 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3537
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003538 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3539}
3540
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003541/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3542/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003543/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3544/// block-pointer type.
3545///
3546/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3547Sema::OwningExprResult
3548Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3549 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3550 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3551 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3552 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3553
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003554 // Promote the function operand.
3555 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3556
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003557 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3558 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003559 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3560 Args, NumArgs,
3561 Context.BoolTy,
3562 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003563
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003564 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3565 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3566 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3567 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003568 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003569 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003570 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3571 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003572 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003573 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003574 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003575 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003576 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003577 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003578 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3579 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3580
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003581 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003582 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3583 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3584 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003585 return ExprError();
3586
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003587 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003588 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003589
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003590 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003591 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003592 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003593 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003594 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003595 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003596
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003597 if (FDecl) {
3598 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3599 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3600 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003601 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003602 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003603 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003604 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3605 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3606 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3607 }
3608 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003609 }
3610
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003611 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003612 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3613 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3614 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003615 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3616 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003617 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3618 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003619 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003620 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003621 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003622 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003623
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003624 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3625 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003626 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3627 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003628
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003629 // Check for sentinels
3630 if (NDecl)
3631 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003632
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003633 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003634 if (FDecl) {
3635 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3636 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003637
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003638 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003639 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3640 } else if (NDecl) {
3641 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3642 return ExprError();
3643 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003644
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003645 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003646}
3647
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003648Action::OwningExprResult
3649Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3650 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003651 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003652 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003653 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003654
3655 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3656 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3657 if (!TInfo)
3658 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3659
3660 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3661}
3662
3663Action::OwningExprResult
3664Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3665 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3666 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003667 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003668
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003669 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003670 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003671 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3672 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003673 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3674 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003675 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003676 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003677 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003678 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003679
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003680 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003681 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003682 InitializationKind Kind
3683 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3684 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003685 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3686 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3687 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3688 &literalType);
3689 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003690 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003691 InitExpr.release();
3692 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003693
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003694 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003695 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003696 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003697 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003698 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003699
3700 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003701
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003702 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003703 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003704}
3705
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003706Action::OwningExprResult
3707Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003708 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3709 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3710 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003711
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003712 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003714
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003715 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3716 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003717 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003718 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003719}
3720
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003721static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3722 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003723 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003724 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3725
3726 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3727 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003728 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3729 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3730 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003731 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3732 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3733 }
3734
3735 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3736 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3737 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3738 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3739 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3740 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3741 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3742 }
3743
3744 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3745 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3746 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3747 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3748 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3749 }
3750
3751 // FIXME: Assert here.
3752 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3753 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3754}
3755
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003756/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003757bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003759 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3760 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003761 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003762 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3763 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003764
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003765 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003766
3767 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3768 // type needs to be scalar.
3769 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3770 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003771 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3772 return false;
3773 }
3774
3775 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003776 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003777 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3778 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003779 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003780 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3781 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003782 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003783 return false;
3784 }
3785
3786 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003787 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003788 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003789 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003790 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003791 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003792 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3793 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003794 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3795 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3796 break;
3797 }
3798 }
3799 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3800 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3801 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003802 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003803 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003804 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003805
3806 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3807 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3808 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3809 }
3810
3811 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3812 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003813 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3814 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003815 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003816 }
3817
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003818 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3819 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3820
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003821 if (castType->isVectorType())
3822 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3823 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3824 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3825
3826 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003827 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003828
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003829 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3830 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3831
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003832 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003833 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3834 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3835 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3836 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3837 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3838 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3839 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3840 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3841 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3842 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003843 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003844
3845 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003846 return false;
3847}
3848
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003849bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3850 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003851 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003852
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003853 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003854 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003855 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003856 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003857 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003858 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003859 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003860 } else
3861 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003862 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003863 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003865 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003866 return false;
3867}
3868
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003869bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3870 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003871 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003872
3873 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3874
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003875 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3876 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003877 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3878 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3879 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3880 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003881 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003882 return false;
3883 }
3884
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003885 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003886 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3887 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003888 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3889 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3890 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3891 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003892
3893 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3894 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3895 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003896
3897 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003898 return false;
3899}
3900
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003901Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003902Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003903 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3904 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3905 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003906
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003907 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3908 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3909 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003910 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003911
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003912 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003913 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003914 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003915 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3916 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003917
3918 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3919}
3920
3921Action::OwningExprResult
3922Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3923 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3924 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3925
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003926 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003927 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3928 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003929 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003930 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003931
3932 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003933 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
3934 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
3935 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003936
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003937 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3938 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003939
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003940 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3941 } else {
3942 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003943 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003944
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003945 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3946 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003947 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003948}
3949
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003950/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3951/// of comma binary operators.
3952Action::OwningExprResult
3953Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3954 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3955 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3956 if (!E)
3957 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003958
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003959 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003960
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003961 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3962 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3963 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003964
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003965 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3966}
3967
3968Action::OwningExprResult
3969Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3970 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003971 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003972 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003973 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974
3975 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003976 // then handle it as such.
3977 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3978 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3979 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3980 return ExprError();
3981 }
3982
3983 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3984 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3985 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3986
3987 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3988 // braces instead of the original commas.
3989 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003990 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003991 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3992 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003993 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003994 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003995 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003996 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3997 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003998 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003999 }
4000}
4001
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004002Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004003 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004004 MultiExprArg Val,
4005 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004006 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4007 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004008 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4009 Expr *expr;
4010 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4011 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4012 else
4013 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004014 return Owned(expr);
4015}
4016
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004017/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4018/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004019/// C99 6.5.15
4020QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4021 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004022 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4023 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4024 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4025
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004026 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
4027
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004028 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4029 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4030 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4031 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4032 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4033 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004034
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004035 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004036 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4037 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4038 << CondTy;
4039 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004040 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004042 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004043 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4044 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004045
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004046 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4047 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004048 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4049 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4050 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004051 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004052
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004053 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4054 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004055 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4056 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004057 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004058 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004059 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004060 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004061 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004062 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004063
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004064 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004065 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004066 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4067 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4068 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4069 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4070 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4071 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4072 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004073 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4074 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004075 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004076 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004077 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4078 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004079 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004080 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004081 // promote the null to a pointer.
4082 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004083 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004084 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004085 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004086 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004087 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004088 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004089 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004090
4091 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4092 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4093 QuestionLoc);
4094 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4095 return compositeType;
4096
4097
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004098 // Handle block pointer types.
4099 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4100 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4101 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4102 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004103 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4104 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004105 return destType;
4106 }
4107 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004108 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004109 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004110 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004111 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4112 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4113 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004114 return LHSTy;
4115 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004116 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004117 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4118 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004119
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004120 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4121 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004122 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004123 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004124 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4125 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4126 // to get a consistent AST.
4127 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004128 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4129 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004130 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004131 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004132 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004133 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4134 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004135 return LHSTy;
4136 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004137
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004138 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4139 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4140 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004141 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4142 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004143
4144 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4145 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4146 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004147 QualType destPointee
4148 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004149 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004150 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4151 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4152 // Promote to void*.
4153 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004154 return destType;
4155 }
4156 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004157 QualType destPointee
4158 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004159 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004160 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004161 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004162 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004163 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004164 return destType;
4165 }
4166
4167 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4168 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4169 return LHSTy;
4170 }
4171 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4172 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4173 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4174 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4175 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4176 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4177 // to get a consistent AST.
4178 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004179 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4180 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004181 return incompatTy;
4182 }
4183 // The pointer types are compatible.
4184 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4185 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4186 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4187 // type.
4188 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4189 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004190 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4191 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004192 return LHSTy;
4193 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004194
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004195 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4196 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4197 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4198 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004199 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004200 return RHSTy;
4201 }
4202 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4203 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4204 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004205 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004206 return LHSTy;
4207 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004208
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004209 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004210 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4211 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004212 return QualType();
4213}
4214
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004215/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4216/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4217QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4218 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4219 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4220 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4221
4222 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4223 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4224 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4225 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4226 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4227 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4228 return LHSTy;
4229 }
4230 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4231 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4232 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4233 return RHSTy;
4234 }
4235 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4236 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4237 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4238 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4239 return LHSTy;
4240 }
4241 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4242 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4243 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4244 return RHSTy;
4245 }
4246 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4247 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4248 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4249 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4250 return LHSTy;
4251 }
4252 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4253 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4254 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4255 return RHSTy;
4256 }
4257 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4258 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4259
4260 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4261 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4262 return LHSTy;
4263 }
4264 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4265 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4266 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4267
4268 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4269 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4270 // type. This allows
4271 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4272 // where B is a subclass of A.
4273 //
4274 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4275 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4276 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4277 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4278
4279 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4280 // It could return the composite type.
4281 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4282 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4283 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4284 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4285 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4286 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4287 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4288 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4289 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4290 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4291 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4292 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4293 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4294 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4295 } else if (!(compositeType =
4296 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4297 ;
4298 else {
4299 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4300 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4301 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4302 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4303 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4304 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4305 return incompatTy;
4306 }
4307 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4308 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4309 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4310 return compositeType;
4311 }
4312 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4313 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4314 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4315 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4316 QualType destPointee
4317 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4318 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4319 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4320 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4321 // Promote to void*.
4322 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4323 return destType;
4324 }
4325 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4326 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4327 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4328 QualType destPointee
4329 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4330 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4331 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4332 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4333 // Promote to void*.
4334 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4335 return destType;
4336 }
4337 return QualType();
4338}
4339
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004340/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004341/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004342Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4343 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4344 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4345 ExprArg RHS) {
4346 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4347 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004348
4349 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4350 // was the condition.
4351 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4352 if (isLHSNull)
4353 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004354
4355 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004356 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004357 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004358 return ExprError();
4359
4360 Cond.release();
4361 LHS.release();
4362 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004363 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004364 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004365 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004366}
4367
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004368// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004370// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4371// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4372// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004373Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004374Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4375 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004376
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004377 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4378 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4379 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4380 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4381 return Compatible;
4382 }
4383
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004384 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004385 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4386 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004387
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004388 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004389 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4390 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004391
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004392 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004393
4394 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4395 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4396 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004397 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004398 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004399 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004400
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004401 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4402 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004403 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004404 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004405 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004406 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004408 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004409 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4410 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004411 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004413 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004414 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004415 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004416
4417 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004418 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4419 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004420 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004422 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004423 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4424 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4425 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4426 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4427 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4428 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004429 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004430 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004431 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004432 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004433
4434 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004435 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004436 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004437 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004438
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004439 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4440 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4441 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4442 // warning can be disabled.
4443 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4444 return ConvTy;
4445 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4446 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004447
4448 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4449 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4450 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4451 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4452 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4453 do {
4454 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4455 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4456
4457 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4458 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4459 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4460
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004461 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004462 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004463 }
4464
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004465 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004466 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004467 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004468 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004469}
4470
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004471/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4472/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4473/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4474// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475Sema::AssignConvertType
4476Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004477 QualType rhsType) {
4478 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004479
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004480 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004481 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4482 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004483
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004484 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4485 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4486 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004487
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004488 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004490 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004491 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004492 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004493
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004494 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004496 return ConvTy;
4497}
4498
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004499/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4500/// for assignment compatibility.
4501Sema::AssignConvertType
4502Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4503 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4504 return Compatible;
4505 QualType lhptee =
4506 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4507 QualType rhptee =
4508 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4509 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4510 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4511 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4512 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4513 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4514
4515 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4516 return Compatible;
4517 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4518 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4519 return IncompatiblePointer;
4520}
4521
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004522/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4523/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004524/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4525///
4526/// int a, *pint;
4527/// short *pshort;
4528/// struct foo *pfoo;
4529///
4530/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4531/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4532/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4533/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4534///
4535/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004537///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004538Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004539Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004540 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4541 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004542 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4543 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004544
4545 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004546 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004547
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004548 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4549 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4550 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4551 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4552 return Compatible;
4553 }
4554
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004555 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4556 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4557 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4558 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4559 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4560 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4561 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004562 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004563 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004564 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004565 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004566 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004567 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4568 // to the same ExtVector type.
4569 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4570 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4571 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4572 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4573 return Compatible;
4574 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004575
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004576 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004577 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004578 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004579 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004580 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4581 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004582 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004583 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004584 }
4585 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004586 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004587
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004588 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004589 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004590
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004591 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004592 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004593 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004594
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004595 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004596 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004597
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004598 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004599 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004600 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4601 return Compatible;
4602 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004603 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004604 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4605 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004606 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004607
4608 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004609 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004610 return Compatible;
4611 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004612 return Incompatible;
4613 }
4614
4615 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4616 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004617 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004619 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004620 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004621 return Compatible;
4622
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004623 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4624 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004625
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004626 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004627 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004628 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004629 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004630 return Incompatible;
4631 }
4632
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004633 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4634 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4635 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004636
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004637 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004638 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004639 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4640 return Compatible;
4641 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642 }
4643 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004644 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004645 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004646 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004647 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4648 return Compatible;
4649 }
4650 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4651 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4652 return Compatible;
4653 return Incompatible;
4654 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004655 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004656 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004657 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4658 return Compatible;
4659
4660 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004661 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004662
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004663 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004664 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665
4666 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004667 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004668 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004669 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004670 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004671 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4672 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4673 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4674 return Compatible;
4675
4676 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4677 return PointerToInt;
4678
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004679 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004680 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004681 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4682 return Compatible;
4683 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004684 }
4685 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004686 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004687 return Compatible;
4688 return Incompatible;
4689 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004690
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004691 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004692 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004693 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004694 }
4695 return Incompatible;
4696}
4697
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004698/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4699/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004700static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004701 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4702 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4703 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004704 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4705 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004706 SourceLocation());
4707 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4708 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4709
4710 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4711 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004712 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004713 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004714 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004715}
4716
4717Sema::AssignConvertType
4718Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4719 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4720
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004721 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004722 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4723 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004724 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004725 return Incompatible;
4726
4727 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4728 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4729 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4730 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004731 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4732 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004733 it != itend; ++it) {
4734 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4735 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4736 // 1) void pointer
4737 // 2) null pointer constant
4738 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004739 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004740 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004741 InitField = *it;
4742 break;
4743 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004744
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004745 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4746 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004747 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004748 InitField = *it;
4749 break;
4750 }
4751 }
4752
4753 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4754 == Compatible) {
4755 InitField = *it;
4756 break;
4757 }
4758 }
4759
4760 if (!InitField)
4761 return Incompatible;
4762
4763 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4764 return Compatible;
4765}
4766
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004767Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004768Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004769 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4770 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4771 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4772 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4773 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004774 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004775 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004776 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004777 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004778 }
4779
4780 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4781 // structures.
4782 }
4783
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004784 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4785 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004786 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4787 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004788 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004789 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4790 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004791 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004792 return Compatible;
4793 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004794
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004795 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004796 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004797 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004798 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004799 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004801 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004802 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004803
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004804 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4805 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004806
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004807 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4808 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004809 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4810 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4811 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4812 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004813 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004814 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4815 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004816 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004817}
4818
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004819QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004820 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004821 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004822 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004823 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004824}
4825
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004826QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004827 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004828 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004829 QualType lhsType =
4830 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4831 QualType rhsType =
4832 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004833
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004834 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004835 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004836 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004837
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004838 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4839 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004840 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4841 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004842 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4843 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004844 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004845 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004846 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004847 }
4848 }
4849 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004850
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004851 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4852 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4853 bool swapped = false;
4854 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4855 swapped = true;
4856 std::swap(rex, lex);
4857 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4858 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004859
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004860 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004861 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004862 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4863 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4864 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004865 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004866 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4867 return lhsType;
4868 }
4869 }
4870 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4871 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4872 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004873 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004874 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4875 return lhsType;
4876 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004877 }
4878 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004880 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004881 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004882 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004883 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004884 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004885}
4886
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004887QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4888 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004889 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004890 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004891
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004892 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004894 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4895 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4896 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4897
4898 // Check for division by zero.
4899 if (isDiv &&
4900 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004901 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
4902 << rex->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004903
4904 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004905}
4906
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004907QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004908 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004909 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4910 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4911 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4912 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4913 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004914
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004915 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004916
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004917 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4918 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4919
4920 // Check for remainder by zero.
4921 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004922 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4923 << rex->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004924
4925 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004926}
4927
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004928QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004929 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004930 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4931 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4932 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4933 return compType;
4934 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004935
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004936 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004937
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004938 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004939 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4940 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4941 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004942 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004943 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004944
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004945 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4946 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004947 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004948 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4949
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004950 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004951
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004952 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004953 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004954
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004955 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4956 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004957 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4958 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004959 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004960 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004961 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004962
4963 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4964 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4965 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004966 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004967 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4969 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4970 return QualType();
4971 }
4972
4973 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4974 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4975 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004976 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004977 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004978 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004979 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004980 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4981 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004982 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4983 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004984 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004985 return QualType();
4986 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004987 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4988 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4989 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4990 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4991 return QualType();
4992 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004993
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004994 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004995 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4996 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4997 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4998 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4999 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005000 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005001 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5002 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005003 return PExp->getType();
5004 }
5005 }
5006
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005007 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005008}
5009
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005010// C99 6.5.6
5011QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005012 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5013 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5014 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5015 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5016 return compType;
5017 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005018
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005019 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005020
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005021 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005022
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005023 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005024 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5025 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005026 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005027 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005028 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005029
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005030 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005031 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005032 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005034 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005035
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005036 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5037 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5038 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5039 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5041 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5042 return QualType();
5043 }
5044
5045 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5046 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5047 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5048 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5049 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005050 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005051 return QualType();
5052 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005053
5054 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5055 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5056 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005058 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005059 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005060 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005061 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005062
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005063 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5064 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5065 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5066 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5067 return QualType();
5068 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005069
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005070 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005071 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5072 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5073 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5074 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5075 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5076 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005077 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005078 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5079
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005080 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005081 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005082 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005083
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005084 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005085 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005086 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005087
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005088 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5089 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5090 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5092 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5093 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5094 return QualType();
5095 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005096
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005097 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5098 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5099 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5100 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005101 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005102 return QualType();
5103 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005104
5105 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5106 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5107 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5108 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5109 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005110 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5111 << rex->getSourceRange()
5112 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005113 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005114
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005115 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5116 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5117 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5118 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5119 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5120 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5121 return QualType();
5122 }
5123 } else {
5124 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5125 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5126 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5127 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5128 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5129 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5130 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5131 return QualType();
5132 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005133 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005134
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005135 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5136 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5137 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5138 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5139 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005140 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005141 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005142
5143 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005144 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5145 }
5146 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005147
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005148 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005149}
5150
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005151// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005152QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005153 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005154 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5155 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005156 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005157
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005158 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5159 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5160 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5161
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005162 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5163 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005164 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5165 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5166 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5167 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5168 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005169 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005170 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005171 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005172
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005173 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005174
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005175 // Sanity-check shift operands
5176 llvm::APSInt Right;
5177 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005178 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5179 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005180 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5182 else {
5183 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5184 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5185 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5186 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5187 }
5188 }
5189
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005190 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005191 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005192}
5193
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005194// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005195QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005196 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5197 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5198
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005199 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005200 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005201 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005202
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005203 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5204 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005205
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005206 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005207 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5208 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5209 else {
5210 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5211 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5212 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005213 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5214 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005215
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005216 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5217 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005218 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5219 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5220 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005221 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005222 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005223 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5224 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5225 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5226 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005227 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5228 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005229 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005230
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005231 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5232 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5233 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5234 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005235
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005236 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5237 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005238 Expr *literalString = 0;
5239 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005240 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005241 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5242 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005243 literalString = lex;
5244 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005245 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5246 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005247 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5248 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005249 literalString = rex;
5250 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5251 }
5252
5253 if (literalString) {
5254 std::string resultComparison;
5255 switch (Opc) {
5256 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5257 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5258 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5259 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5260 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5261 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5262 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5263 }
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005264
5265 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5266 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5267 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5268 << literalString->getSourceRange()
5269 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5270 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5271 "strcmp(")
5272 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5273 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
5274 resultComparison));
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005275 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005276 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005277
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005278 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005279 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005280
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005281 if (isRelational) {
5282 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005283 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005284 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005285 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005286 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005287 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005288
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005289 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005290 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005291 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005292
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005293 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5294 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5295 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5296 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005297
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005298 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5299 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5300 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005301 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005302 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005303 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005304 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005305 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005306
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005307 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005308 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5309 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005310 if (!isRelational &&
5311 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5312 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5313 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5314 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5315 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5316 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5317 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5318 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5319 return ResultTy;
5320 }
5321 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005322 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5323 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5324 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5325 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5326 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5327 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005328 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005329 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005330 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5331 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5332 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005333 if (T.isNull()) {
5334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5335 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5336 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005337 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
5338 Diag(Loc,
5339 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
5340 << lType << rType << T
5341 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005342 }
5343
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005344 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5345 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005346 return ResultTy;
5347 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005348 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5349 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5350 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5351 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5352 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5354 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5355 }
5356 } else if (!isRelational &&
5357 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5358 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5359 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5360 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5361 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5362 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5363 }
5364 } else {
5365 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005366 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005367 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005368 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005369 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005370 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005371 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005372 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005373
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005374 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005375 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005376 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005377 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005378 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5379 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005380 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005381 return ResultTy;
5382 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005383 if (LHSIsNull &&
5384 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5385 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005386 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005387 return ResultTy;
5388 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005389
5390 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005391 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005392 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5393 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005394 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5395 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5396 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5397 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5398 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5399 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5400 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5401 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005402 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005403 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5404 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5405 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005406 if (T.isNull()) {
5407 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005408 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005409 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005410 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
5411 Diag(Loc,
5412 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
5413 << lType << rType << T
5414 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005415 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005416
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005417 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5418 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005419 return ResultTy;
5420 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005421
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005422 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005423 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5424 return ResultTy;
5425 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005426
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005427 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005428 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005429 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5430 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005431
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005432 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005433 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005434 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005435 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005436 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005437 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005438 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005439 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005440 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005441 if (!isRelational
5442 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5443 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005444 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005445 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005446 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005447 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005448 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5449 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5450 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005451 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005452 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005453 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005454 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005455
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005456 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005457 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005458 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5459 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005460 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005461 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005462 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005463 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005464
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005465 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5466 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005467 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005468 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005469 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005470 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005471 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005472 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005473 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005474 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005475 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5476 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005477 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005478 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005479 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005480 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005481 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005482 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5483 if (RHSIsNull) {
5484 if (isRelational)
5485 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5486 } else if (isRelational)
5487 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5488 else
5489 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005490
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005491 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005492 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005493 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005494 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005495 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005496 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005497 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005498 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005499 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5500 if (LHSIsNull) {
5501 if (isRelational)
5502 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5503 } else if (isRelational)
5504 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5505 else
5506 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005507
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005508 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005509 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005510 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005511 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005512 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005513 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005514 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005515 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005516 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5517 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005518 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005519 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005520 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005521 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5522 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005523 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005524 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005525 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005526 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005527}
5528
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005529/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005530/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005531/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5532/// types.
5533QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005534 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005535 bool isRelational) {
5536 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5537 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005538 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005539 if (vType.isNull())
5540 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005541
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005542 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5543 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005544
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005545 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5546 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5547 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5548 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5549 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5550 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5551 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005552 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005553 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005554
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005555 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5556 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5557 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005558 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005559 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005560
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005561 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5562 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5563 // elements for floating point vectors.
5564 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5565 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005566
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005567 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005568 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005569 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005570 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005571 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005572 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5573
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005574 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005575 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005576 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5577}
5578
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005579inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005580 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005581 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005582 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005583
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005584 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005585
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005586 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005587 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005588 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005589}
5590
5591inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005592 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005593 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5594 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5595 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005596
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005597 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5598 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005599
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005600 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005601 }
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005602
5603 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5604 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5605 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5606 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5607 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5608 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5609 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005610
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005611 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005612 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005613 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5614
5615 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5616 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5617 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5618 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5619
5620 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005621 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005622 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5623
5624 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5625 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5626 // The result is a bool.
5627 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005628}
5629
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005630/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5631/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5632/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5633///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005634static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005635 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5636 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5637 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5638 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005639 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005640 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5641 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5642 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5643 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005644 }
5645 }
5646 return false;
5647}
5648
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005649/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5650/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5651static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005652 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005653 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005654 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005655 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5656 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005657 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5658 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005659
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005660 unsigned Diag = 0;
5661 bool NeedType = false;
5662 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005663 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005664 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005665 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5666 NeedType = true;
5667 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005668 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005669 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5670 NeedType = true;
5671 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005672 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005673 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5674 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005675 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5676 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005677 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005678 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5679 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005680 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5681 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005682 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5683 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005684 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005685 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5686 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005687 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005688 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5689 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005690 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005691 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5692 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005693 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5694 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5695 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005696 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5697 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5698 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005699 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5700 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5701 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane9ff4432010-02-11 01:11:34 +00005702 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertyGetterSetting:
5703 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_getter_setting;
5704 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005705 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005706
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005707 SourceRange Assign;
5708 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5709 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005710 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005711 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005712 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005713 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005714 return true;
5715}
5716
5717
5718
5719// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005720QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5721 SourceLocation Loc,
5722 QualType CompoundType) {
5723 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5724 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005725 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005726
5727 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5728 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005729
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005730 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005731 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005732 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005733 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005734 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5735 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5736 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005737 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005738 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005739 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005740 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005741
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005742 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5743 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5744 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005745 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005746 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5747 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5748 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5749 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5750 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005751 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005752 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005753 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5754 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5755 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005756 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5757 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005758 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5759 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5760 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005761 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005762 }
5763 } else {
5764 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005765 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005766 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005767
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005768 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005769 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005770 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005771
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005772 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5773 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005774 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005775 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5776 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005777 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005778 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005779 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005780}
5781
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005782// C99 6.5.17
5783QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005784 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005785 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5786 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5787 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005788
5789 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5790 // incomplete in C++).
5791
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005792 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005793}
5794
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005795/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5796/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005797QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5798 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005799 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5800 return Context.DependentTy;
5801
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005802 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5803 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005804
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005805 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5806 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5807 if (!isInc) {
5808 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5809 return QualType();
5810 }
5811 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5812 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5813 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005814 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005815 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5816 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005817
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005818 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005819 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5821 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5822 << Op->getSourceRange();
5823 return QualType();
5824 }
5825
5826 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005827 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005828 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005829 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5830 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5831 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5832 return QualType();
5833 }
5834
5835 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005836 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005837 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005838 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005839 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005840 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005841 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005842 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5843 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5844 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5845 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5846 return QualType();
5847 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005848 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005849 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5850 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005851 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005852 } else {
5853 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005854 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005855 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005856 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005857 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005858 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005859 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005860 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005861 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005862}
5863
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005864/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005865/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005866/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5867/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5868/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5869/// - &(x) => x
5870/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5871/// - &s.xx => s
5872/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5873/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5874/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5875/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005876static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005877 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005878 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005879 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005880 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005881 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5882 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5883 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005884 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005885 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005886 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005887 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005888 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005889 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5890 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005891 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5892 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5893 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5894 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5895 }
5896 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005897 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005898 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5899 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005900
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005901 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005902 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5903 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5904 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5905 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5906 default:
5907 return 0;
5908 }
5909 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005910 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005911 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005912 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005913 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5914 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005915 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005916 default:
5917 return 0;
5918 }
5919}
5920
5921/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005922/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005923/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005924/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005925/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005926/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005927/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005928QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005929 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5930 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5931
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005932 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5933 return Context.DependentTy;
5934
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005935 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5936 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5937 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5938 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5939 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5940 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5941 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5942 }
5943 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5944 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5945 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005946 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005947 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005948
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005949 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5950 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5951 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5952 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5953 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5954 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5955 // branch of the if, below.
5956 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5957 << dcl;
5958 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5959
5960 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5961 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5962 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5963 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005964 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5965 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5966 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5967 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5968 if (isSFINAEContext())
5969 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005970 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005971 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005972 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005973 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005974 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005975 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5976 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005977 return QualType();
5978 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005979 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005980 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5981 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5982 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005983 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00005984 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005985 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005987 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005988 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005989 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5990 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5991 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5992 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5993 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005994 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5995 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005996 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5997 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005998 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5999 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006000 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006001 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006002 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6003 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6004 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6006 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006007 return QualType();
6008 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006009 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006010 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006011 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006012 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006013 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6014 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006015 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006016 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006017 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6018 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006019 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006020 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6021 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6022 return QualType();
6023 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006024
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006025 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6026 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006027 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006028 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006029 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006030 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006031 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006032 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6033 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006034 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6035 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6036 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006037 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006038 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006039
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006040 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6041 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6042 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6043 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6044 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6045 }
6046
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006047 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6048 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6049}
6050
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006051QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006052 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6053 return Context.DependentTy;
6054
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006055 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6056 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006057
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006058 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6059 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6060 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6061 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006062 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006063 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006064
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006065 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006066 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006067
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006068 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006069 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006070 return QualType();
6071}
6072
6073static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6074 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6075 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6076 switch (Kind) {
6077 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006078 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6079 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006080 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6081 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6082 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6083 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6084 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6085 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6086 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6087 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6088 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6089 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6090 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6091 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6092 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6093 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6094 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6095 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6096 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6097 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6098 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6099 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6100 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6101 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6102 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6103 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6104 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6105 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6106 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6107 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6108 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6109 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6110 }
6111 return Opc;
6112}
6113
6114static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6115 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6116 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6117 switch (Kind) {
6118 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6119 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6120 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6121 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6122 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6123 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6124 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6125 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6126 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006127 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6128 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6129 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6130 }
6131 return Opc;
6132}
6133
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006134/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6135/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6136/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006137Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6138 unsigned Op,
6139 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006140 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006141 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006142 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6143 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6144 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006145
6146 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006147 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6148 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6149 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006150 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6151 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6152 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6153 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6154 break;
6155 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006156 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006157 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6158 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006159 break;
6160 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6161 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6162 break;
6163 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6164 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6165 break;
6166 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6167 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6168 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006169 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006170 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6171 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6172 break;
6173 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6174 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6175 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6176 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006177 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006178 break;
6179 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6180 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006181 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006182 break;
6183 case BinaryOperator::And:
6184 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6185 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6186 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6187 break;
6188 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6189 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6190 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6191 break;
6192 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6193 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006194 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6195 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006196 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6197 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6198 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006199 break;
6200 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006201 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6202 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6203 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6204 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006205 break;
6206 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006207 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6208 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6209 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006210 break;
6211 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006212 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6213 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6214 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006215 break;
6216 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6217 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006218 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6219 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6220 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6221 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006222 break;
6223 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6224 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6225 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006226 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6227 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6228 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6229 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006230 break;
6231 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6232 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6233 break;
6234 }
6235 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006236 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006237 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006238 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6239 else
6240 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006241 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6242 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006243}
6244
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006245/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6246/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006247static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6248 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006249 SourceRange ParenRange,
6250 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD = PartialDiagnostic(0),
6251 SourceRange SecondParenRange = SourceRange()) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006252 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6253 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6254 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6255 // warning/error and return.
6256 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6257 return;
6258 }
6259
6260 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6261 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6262 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006263
6264 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6265 return;
6266
6267 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6268 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6269 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6270 // warning/error and return.
6271 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6272 return;
6273 }
6274
6275 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
6276 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6277 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006278}
6279
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006280/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6281/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6282/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6283/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006284static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6285 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006286 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6287 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6288 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6289 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006290 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006291 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006292 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6293
6294 // Subs are not binary operators.
6295 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6296 return;
6297
6298 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6299 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006300 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6301 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006302 return;
6303
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006304 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006305 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6306 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006307 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6308 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006309 lhs->getSourceRange(),
6310 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6311 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006312 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6313 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006314 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6315 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006316 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6317 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006318 rhs->getSourceRange(),
6319 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6320 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006321 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006322}
6323
6324/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6325/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6326/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6327static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6328 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006329 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006330 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6331}
6332
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006333// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006334Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6335 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6336 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006337 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006338 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006339
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006340 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6341 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006342
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006343 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6344 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6345
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006346 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6347}
6348
6349Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6350 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6351 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006352 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006353 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006354 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6355 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6356 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6357 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6358 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006359 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006360 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006361 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6362 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6363 Functions);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006364
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006365 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6366 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006367 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006368 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006369
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006370 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006371 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006372}
6373
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006374Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006375 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006376 ExprArg InputArg) {
6377 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006378
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006379 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006380 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006381 QualType resultType;
6382 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006383 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6384 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6385 break;
6386
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006387 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6388 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006389 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6390 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006391 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006392 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6393 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006394 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006395 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006396 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6397 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006398 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006399 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006400 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6401 break;
6402 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6403 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006404 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6405 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006406 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6407 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006408 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6409 break;
6410 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6411 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6412 break;
6413 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6414 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6415 resultType->isPointerType())
6416 break;
6417
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006418 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6419 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006420 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006421 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6422 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006423 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6424 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006425 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6426 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6427 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006428 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006429 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006430 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006431 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6432 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006433 break;
6434 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6435 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006436 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006437 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006438 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6439 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006440 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006441 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6442 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006443 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006444 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6445 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006446 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006447 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006448 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006449 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006450 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006451 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006452 resultType = Input->getType();
6453 break;
6454 }
6455 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006456 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006457
6458 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006459 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006460}
6461
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006462Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6463 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6464 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006465 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6467 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006468 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6469 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6470 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6471 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006472 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006473 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006474 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6475 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6476 Functions);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006477
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006478 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6479 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006480
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006481 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6482}
6483
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006484// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6485Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6486 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6487 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6488}
6489
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006490/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006491Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6492 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6493 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006494 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006495 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006496
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006497 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6498 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006499 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006500 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006501
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006502 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006503 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6504 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006505}
6506
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006507Sema::OwningExprResult
6508Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6509 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6510 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006511 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6512 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6513
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006514 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006515 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006516 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006517
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006518 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6519 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6520 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006521
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006522 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6523 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6524 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006525
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006526 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6527 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6528 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6529 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6530 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006531
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006532 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006533 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006534 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006535
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006536 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6537 // expressions are not lvalues.
6538
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006539 substmt.release();
6540 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006541}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006542
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006543Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6544 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6545 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6546 TypeTy *argty,
6547 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6548 unsigned NumComponents,
6549 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6550 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6551 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006552 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6553 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006554 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006555
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006556 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6557
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006558 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6559 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6560 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006561 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006562 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006563
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006564 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6565 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006566
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006567 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6568 // the offsetof designators.
6569 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6570 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006571 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006572 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006573
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006574 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6575 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006576 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6577 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006578 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006579 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6580 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006581
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006582 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006583 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006584
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006585 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6586 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6587 return ExprError();
6588
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006589 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6590 // leaks like a sieve.
6591 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6592 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6593 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6594 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6595 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6596 if (!AT) {
6597 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006598 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6599 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006600 }
6601
6602 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6603
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006604 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6605 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006606 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006607
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006608 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6609 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006610 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006611 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006612 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006613 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006614 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006615
6616 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6617 OC.LocEnd);
6618 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006619 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006620
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006621 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006622 if (!RC) {
6623 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006624 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6625 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006626 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006627
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006628 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6629 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006630 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006631 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6632 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6633 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6634 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6635 << Res->getType()))
6636 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006637 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006638
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006639 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6640 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006641
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006642 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006643 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006644 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006645 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6646 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006647
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006648 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6649 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006650 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006651 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006652 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006653 } else {
Douglas Gregora7cb22d2010-03-03 23:26:56 +00006654 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006655 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6656 // doesn't matter here.
6657 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6658 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6659 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006660 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006661 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006662
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006663 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6664 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006665}
6666
6667
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006668Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6669 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6670 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006671 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6672 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6673 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006674
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006675 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006676
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006677 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6678 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6679 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6680 return ExprError();
6681 }
6682
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006683 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6684 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006685}
6686
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006687Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6688 ExprArg cond,
6689 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6690 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6691 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6692 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6693 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006694
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006695 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6696
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006697 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006698 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006699 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006700 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006701 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006702 } else {
6703 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6704 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6705 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6706 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006707 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6708 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6709 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006710
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006711 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6712 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006713 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6714 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006715 }
6716
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006717 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6718 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006719 resType, RPLoc,
6720 resType->isDependentType(),
6721 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006722}
6723
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006724//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6725// Clang Extensions.
6726//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6727
6728/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006729void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006730 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6731 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6732 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6733 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006734}
6735
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006736void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006737 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006738 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
6739
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006740 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6741 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006742 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006743 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6744
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006745 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6746 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6747 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6748 return;
6749 }
6750
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006751 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6752 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006753 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0, false,
6754 CC_Default);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006755
6756 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6757 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006758 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006759 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006760 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006761 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006762 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6763 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006764 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006765
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006766 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6767 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6768 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6769 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6770 return;
6771 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006772
6773 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006774 return;
6775 }
6776
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006777 // Analyze arguments to block.
6778 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6779 "Not a function declarator!");
6780 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006781
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006782 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6783 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006784
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006785 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6786 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6787 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6788 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006789 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6790 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006791 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006792 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006793 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006794 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6795 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6796 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6797 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6798 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6799 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6800 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6801 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6802 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006803 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006804 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006805 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006806 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006807 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006808 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006809 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006810 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6811 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6812
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006813 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6814 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6815 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006816 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006817
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006818 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006819 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006820 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006821 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006822 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006823 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6824 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006825
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006826 // Analyze the return type.
6827 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006828 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006829
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006830 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6831 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6832 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6833 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6834 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006835 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006836}
6837
6838/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6839/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6840void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006841 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006842 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006843 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006844 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006845}
6846
6847/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6848/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006849Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6850 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006851 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6852 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6853 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006854
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006855 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006856
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006857 PopDeclContext();
6858
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006859 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006860 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6861 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006862
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006863 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6864 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6865 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006866
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006867 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006868 QualType BlockTy;
6869 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006870 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006871 NoReturn, CC_Default);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006872 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006873 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006874 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006875 NoReturn, CC_Default);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006876
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006877 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006878 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006879 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006880
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006881 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006882 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006883 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006884
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006885 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006886
6887 bool Good = true;
6888 // Check goto/label use.
6889 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6890 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6891 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6892
6893 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6894 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6895 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6896 continue;
6897
6898 // Emit error.
6899 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6900 Good = false;
6901 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006902 if (!Good) {
6903 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006904 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006905 }
6906
Mike Stumpfa6ef182010-01-13 02:59:54 +00006907 AnalysisContext AC(BSI->TheDecl);
6908 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody(), AC);
6909 CheckUnreachable(AC);
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006910 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6911 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
6912 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
6913 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006914}
6915
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006916Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6917 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6918 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006919 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006920 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6921 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006922
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006923 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006924
6925 // Get the va_list type
6926 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006927 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6928 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6929 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6930 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006931 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006932 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6933 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6934 } else {
6935 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6936 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006937 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006938 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006939 return ExprError();
6940 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006941
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006942 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6943 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006944 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6945 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006946 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006947 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006948
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006949 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006950 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006951
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006952 expr.release();
6953 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6954 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006955}
6956
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006957Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006958 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6959 // pointers on the target.
6960 QualType Ty;
6961 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6962 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6963 else
6964 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6965
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006966 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006967}
6968
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006969static void
6970MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6971 QualType DstType,
6972 Expr *SrcExpr,
6973 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6974 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6975 return;
6976
6977 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6978 if (!PT)
6979 return;
6980
6981 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6982 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6983 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6984 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6985 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6986 return;
6987 }
6988
6989 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6990 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6991 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6992 return;
6993
6994 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6995}
6996
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006997bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6998 SourceLocation Loc,
6999 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007000 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007001 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7002 bool isInvalid = false;
7003 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007004 CodeModificationHint Hint;
7005
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007006 switch (ConvTy) {
7007 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7008 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007009 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007010 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7011 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007012 case IntToPointer:
7013 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7014 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007015 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007016 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007017 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7018 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007019 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7020 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7021 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007022 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7023 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7024 break;
7025 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007026 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7027 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7028 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7029 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7030 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7031 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7032 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7033 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7034 // C++ semantics.
7035 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7036 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7037 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007038 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7039 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007040 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007041 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007042 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007043 case IntToBlockPointer:
7044 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7045 break;
7046 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007047 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007048 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007049 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007050 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007051 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7052 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7053 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007054 case IncompatibleVectors:
7055 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7056 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007057 case Incompatible:
7058 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7059 isInvalid = true;
7060 break;
7061 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007062
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007063 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007064 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007065 return isInvalid;
7066}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007067
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007068bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007069 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7070 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7071 if (Result)
7072 *Result = ICEResult;
7073 return false;
7074 }
7075
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007076 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7077
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007078 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007079 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7080 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7081
7082 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7083 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7084 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7085 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7086 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7087 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7088 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007089
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007090 return true;
7091 }
7092
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007093 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7094 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007095
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007096 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7097 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7098 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007099
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007100 if (Result)
7101 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7102 return false;
7103}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007104
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007105void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007106Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007107 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7108 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007109}
7110
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007111void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007112Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7113 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7114 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7115 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007116
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007117 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7118 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7119 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7120 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7121 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
7122 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
7123 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7124 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7125 I != IEnd; ++I)
7126 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7127 }
7128
7129 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7130 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7131 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7132 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7133 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7134 I != IEnd; ++I)
7135 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7136 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007137 }
7138
7139 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7140 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7141 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7142 // will never be constructed.
7143 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
7144 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7145 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7146 ExprTemporaries.end());
7147
7148 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7149 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007150}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007151
7152/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7153///
7154/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7155/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7156/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7157/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7158///
7159/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7160///
7161/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7162void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7163 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007164
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007165 if (D->isUsed())
7166 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007167
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007168 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7169 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7170 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7171 // -Wunused-parameters)
7172 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
7173 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007174 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007175
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007176 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7177 // an instantiation.
7178 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7179 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007180
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007181 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007182 case Unevaluated:
7183 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7184 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007185
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007186 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7187 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7188 // "used"; handle this below.
7189 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007190
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007191 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7192 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7193 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7194 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007195 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007196 return;
7197 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007198
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007199 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007200 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007201 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007202 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7203 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7204 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007205 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007206 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007207 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7208 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7209 }
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007210
7211 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007212 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7213 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7214 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007215
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007216 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7217 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7218 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7219 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7220 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7221 }
7222 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007223 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007224 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007225 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007226 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007227 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7228 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7229 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7230 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7231 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007232 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7233 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007234 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7235 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7236 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7237 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7238 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007239 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7240 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007241 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7242 }
7243
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007244 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7245 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7246 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7247 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7248 Loc));
7249 else
7250 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7251 Loc));
7252 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007253 }
7254
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007255 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007256 Function->setUsed(true);
Tanya Lattnere6bbc012010-02-12 00:07:30 +00007257
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007258 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007259 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007260
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007261 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007262 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007263 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007264 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7265 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7266 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7267 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7268 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7269 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7270 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7271 }
7272 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007273
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007274 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007275
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007276 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007277 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007278 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007279}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007280
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007281/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7282/// of the program being compiled.
7283///
7284/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7285/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7286/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7287/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7288/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7289/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7290/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7291/// later.
7292///
7293/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7294/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7295/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7296/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7297bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7298 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7299 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7300 case Unevaluated:
7301 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7302 break;
7303
7304 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7305 Diag(Loc, PD);
7306 return true;
7307
7308 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7309 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7310 break;
7311 }
7312
7313 return false;
7314}
7315
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007316bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7317 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7318 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7319 return false;
7320
7321 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7322 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7323 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7324 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7325
7326 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7327 FD ?
7328 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7329 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7330 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7331 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7332 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7333 return true;
7334
7335 return false;
7336}
7337
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007338// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7339// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7340void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7341 SourceLocation Loc;
7342
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007343 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7344
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007345 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7346 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7347 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7348 return;
7349
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007350 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7351 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7352 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7353 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7354
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007355 // self = [<foo> init...]
7356 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7357 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7358 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7359
7360 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7361 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7362 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7363 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7364 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007365
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007366 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7367 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7368 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7369 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7370 return;
7371
7372 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7373 } else {
7374 // Not an assignment.
7375 return;
7376 }
7377
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007378 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007379 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007380
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007381 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007382 << E->getSourceRange()
7383 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7384 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007385 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
7386 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007387}
7388
7389bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7390 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7391
7392 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007393 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007394
7395 QualType T = E->getType();
7396
7397 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7398 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7399 return true;
7400 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7401 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7402 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7403 return true;
7404 }
7405 }
7406
7407 return false;
7408}